[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#396) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.0_20080206-10-g774cf9b
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:17:16 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 774cf9b764deeabbb07fb26d3d9aeda92e9b71b5 (commit)
from 6f45390ca84949e8d2bc5b394a24b5db83b98a76 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 8 +
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1360 ++++++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 675 +++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 838 +++++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 679 +++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 669 +++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 27 +-
7 files changed, 2471 insertions(+), 1785 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index fab671c..38a4790 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080215) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * release-manual:
+ - updated source from the wiki
+ - updated german translation
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Fri, 15 Feb 2008 10:39:05 +0100
+
debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080206) terra; urgency=low
* updated README.translations to specify where to send .po files
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index c07269e..1da8d23 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 19:00+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-15 00:29+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -48,9 +48,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -885,7 +886,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:189
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
"- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame "
"Verzeichnisse?"
@@ -1047,7 +1049,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:240
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
-msgstr "Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:241
@@ -1433,8 +1436,8 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
-#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1658,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1702,7 +1705,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:464
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
+msgstr ""
+"Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:465
@@ -1958,7 +1962,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:530
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"Sag 'Ja' zur automatischen Partitionierung, es wird alle Daten auf der "
"Festplatte zerstören."
@@ -2097,8 +2102,12 @@ msgid ""
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
-"Angepasste CDs oder DVDs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da wir den <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink> verwenden, welcher ein modulares Design und andere schöne Features hat. Mit dem sogenannten [ <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] können wir Antworten auf die Standardfragen des Installers bereitstellen."
+"Angepasste CDs oder DVDs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da wir den <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </ulink> "
+"verwenden, welcher ein modulares Design und andere schöne Features hat. Mit "
+"dem sogenannten [ <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
+"Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] "
+"können wir Antworten auf die Standardfragen des Installers bereitstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:583
@@ -2108,13 +2117,17 @@ msgid ""
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Sie müssen nur eine Preseeding-Datei mit ihren Antworten erstellen (dies wird im Anhang des Debian Installers näher beschrieben) und ihre CD/DVD <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remastern </ulink>."
+"Sie müssen nur eine Preseeding-Datei mit ihren Antworten erstellen (dies "
+"wird im Anhang des Debian Installers näher beschrieben) und ihre CD/DVD "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remastern </"
+"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:590
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
-msgstr "Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgstr ""
+"Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:593
@@ -2623,7 +2636,8 @@ msgid ""
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
"you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the "
"modification page you can access all the users of that group."
-msgstr "Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:847
@@ -2756,9 +2770,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
-#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
-#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
-#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2949,7 +2963,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
-msgstr "Sie sollten nicht vergessen die Desktoprechner und LDAP-Server mit LWAT konfigurieren, sonst können die Benutzer nicht auf ihre Heimverzeichnisse zugreifen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten nicht vergessen die Desktoprechner und LDAP-Server mit LWAT "
+"konfigurieren, sonst können die Benutzer nicht auf ihre Heimverzeichnisse "
+"zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:995
@@ -2960,7 +2977,11 @@ msgid ""
"the ldap tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the "
"domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux "
"network see FIXME: add link."
-msgstr "Ausserdem sollten sie die \"Samba Host\" Option setzen, falls sie vorhaben, bereits installierte Windowssysteme in die Skolelinux Samba Domäne aufzunehmen. Dazu den Host zum LDAP Baum hinzufügen und die Option setzen. Mehr Informationen finden sie unter FIXME add link."
+msgstr ""
+"Ausserdem sollten sie die \"Samba Host\" Option setzen, falls sie vorhaben, "
+"bereits installierte Windowssysteme in die Skolelinux Samba Domäne "
+"aufzunehmen. Dazu den Host zum LDAP Baum hinzufügen und die Option setzen. "
+"Mehr Informationen finden sie unter FIXME add link."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1000
@@ -2974,8 +2995,9 @@ msgid ""
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Die komplette Dokumentation für LWAT kann auf dem Hauptserver unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> gefunden werden oder <ulink url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"Die komplette Dokumentation für LWAT kann auf dem Hauptserver unter "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> gefunden werden oder "
+"<ulink url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1010
@@ -2999,8 +3021,9 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie den Drucker das erste Mal anschließen empfehlen wir, <computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> als Root auszuführen. FIXME: explain what to "
-"do when this does not accomplish anything."
+"Wenn Sie den Drucker das erste Mal anschließen empfehlen wir, "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> als Root auszuführen. FIXME: "
+"explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1021
@@ -3017,7 +3040,14 @@ msgid ""
"active all the time. This was configured like this after a school "
"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
"phone bill."
-msgstr "Die Standardeinstellung in Debian Edu ist die Uhren auf allen Computer synchron zu halten. Dies muss nicht bedeuten dass die Uhrzeit korrekt ist. Obwohl NTP eingesetzt wird werden die Uhren standardmässig nicht mit einer externen Quelle synchronisiert, um ständige Netzwerkverbindungen nach aussen zu vermeiden. Grund dafür ist das eine Schule aufgrund der vielen Synchronisierungen und dem damit einhergehenden ständigen Netzwerkverkehr eine recht hohe ISDN Rechnung hatte."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Standardeinstellung in Debian Edu ist die Uhren auf allen Computer "
+"synchron zu halten. Dies muss nicht bedeuten dass die Uhrzeit korrekt ist. "
+"Obwohl NTP eingesetzt wird werden die Uhren standardmässig nicht mit einer "
+"externen Quelle synchronisiert, um ständige Netzwerkverbindungen nach aussen "
+"zu vermeiden. Grund dafür ist das eine Schule aufgrund der vielen "
+"Synchronisierungen und dem damit einhergehenden ständigen Netzwerkverkehr "
+"eine recht hohe ISDN Rechnung hatte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1025
@@ -3029,7 +3059,14 @@ msgid ""
"init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is "
"using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
"computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Um die Synchronisation mit einer externen Quelle zu aktivieren, müssen sie die Datei /etc/ntp.conf auf dem Hauptserver anpassen. Entfernen sie die Kommentare vor den <computeroutput>Server </computeroutput> Einträgen. Danach starten sie den NTP Server als root mit <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> neu. Um zu testen ob der Server die externe Quelle zum synchronisieren nutzt, geben sie <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput> ein."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Synchronisation mit einer externen Quelle zu aktivieren, müssen sie "
+"die Datei /etc/ntp.conf auf dem Hauptserver anpassen. Entfernen sie die "
+"Kommentare vor den <computeroutput>Server </computeroutput> Einträgen. "
+"Danach starten sie den NTP Server als root mit <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/"
+"ntp restart </computeroutput> neu. Um zu testen ob der Server die externe "
+"Quelle zum synchronisieren nutzt, geben sie <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
+"computeroutput> ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1033
@@ -3044,7 +3081,13 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
"\">administration howto chapter</link> for more information."
-msgstr "Wegen eines Bugs in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten einige Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu erweitern führen sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> als root aus. Mehr Informationen zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern von Partitionen finden sie im <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administrations Howto Kaptitel </link> "
+msgstr ""
+"Wegen eines Bugs in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten einige "
+"Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu erweitern führen "
+"sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> als root "
+"aus. Mehr Informationen zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern von Partitionen "
+"finden sie im <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administrations Howto "
+"Kaptitel </link> "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1043
@@ -3062,8 +3105,8 @@ msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
-"Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Benutzung von <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
-"computeroutput> und kde-update-notifier."
+"Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Benutzung von <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
+"</computeroutput> und kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1052
@@ -3074,15 +3117,21 @@ msgid ""
"available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> "
"(upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>Aptitude </computeroutput> ist nicht schwer zu bedienen. Um ein System auf den neuesten Stand zu bringen müssen sie nur zwei Befehle als root ausführen: <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (erneuert die Liste der verfügbaren Pakete von den apt-Quellen) und <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> "
-"(aktualisiert die installierten Pakete auf die neueste Version)."
+"<computeroutput>Aptitude </computeroutput> ist nicht schwer zu bedienen. Um "
+"ein System auf den neuesten Stand zu bringen müssen sie nur zwei Befehle als "
+"root ausführen: <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (erneuert "
+"die Liste der verfügbaren Pakete von den apt-Quellen) und "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> (aktualisiert die "
+"installierten Pakete auf die neueste Version)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
-msgstr "An Stelle der Kommandozeile können Sie auch den KDE - Aktualisierungsmanager benutzen. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+"An Stelle der Kommandozeile können Sie auch den KDE - Aktualisierungsmanager "
+"benutzen. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1059
@@ -3091,8 +3140,9 @@ msgid ""
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
"send mail to an address you are reading."
msgstr ""
-"Es empfiehlt sich auch <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
-"und <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu konfigurieren dass sie Emails an eine von ihnen gelesen Adresse schicken."
+"Es empfiehlt sich auch <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> und "
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu "
+"konfigurieren dass sie Emails an eine von ihnen gelesen Adresse schicken."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1063
@@ -3101,14 +3151,21 @@ msgid ""
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
"downloads them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the "
"download, when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> informiert sie einmal am Tag darüber ob es Pakete gibt die upgedatet werden können. Es installiert diese Pakete jedoch nicht, sondern läd sie nur herunter (meistens in der Nacht) damit sie schon lokal verfügbar sind wenn sie <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> ausführen."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> informiert sie einmal am Tag "
+"darüber ob es Pakete gibt die upgedatet werden können. Es installiert diese "
+"Pakete jedoch nicht, sondern läd sie nur herunter (meistens in der Nacht) "
+"damit sie schon lokal verfügbar sind wenn sie <computeroutput>aptitude "
+"upgrade </computeroutput> ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> kann ihnen Änderungen in den Listen zusenden."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> kann ihnen Änderungen in "
+"den Listen zusenden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1073
@@ -3122,7 +3179,11 @@ msgid ""
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
-msgstr "Um Backups zu verwalten gehen sie mit ihrem Browser auf <ulink url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Diese Seite müssen sie mit ssl aufrufen, da sie für die Backupverwaltung ihre root passwort eingeben müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Backups zu verwalten gehen sie mit ihrem Browser auf <ulink url='https://"
+"www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Diese Seite müssen sie "
+"mit ssl aufrufen, da sie für die Backupverwaltung ihre root passwort "
+"eingeben müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1078
@@ -3131,28 +3192,40 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
"skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if "
"you delete something) this setup should be fine for you."
-msgstr "In der Standardeinstellung macht tjener ein Backup von <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> und dem LDAP nach /skole/backup auf dem LVM. Falls sie nur alles doppelt haben wollen (um versehentlich gelöscht Dateien nochmals zu haben) reicht das."
+msgstr ""
+"In der Standardeinstellung macht tjener ein Backup von <computeroutput>/"
+"skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> "
+"und dem LDAP nach /skole/backup auf dem LVM. Falls sie nur alles doppelt "
+"haben wollen (um versehentlich gelöscht Dateien nochmals zu haben) reicht "
+"das."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> wird ebenfalls gesichert, wenn Sie heute etch-test installieren. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> wird ebenfalls gesichert, wenn "
+"Sie heute etch-test installieren. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten sich allerdings im Klaren darüber sein dass diese Art des Backups keinen Schutz vor kaputten Festplatten darstellt."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten sich allerdings im Klaren darüber sein dass "
+"diese Art des Backups keinen Schutz vor kaputten Festplatten darstellt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
-msgstr "Falls sie ihren Daten auf einen externen Server, ein Tapedevice oder eine andere Festplatte sichern wollen müssen sie die Konfiguration ein wenig anpassen."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie ihren Daten auf einen externen Server, ein Tapedevice oder eine "
+"andere Festplatte sichern wollen müssen sie die Konfiguration ein wenig "
+"anpassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1092
@@ -3181,7 +3254,12 @@ msgid ""
"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
"problems."
-msgstr "Das Munin Trend Reporting System ist erhältlich unter <ulink url='https://www/munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Es stellt Systemstatusmessungen zur Verfügung, die in täglichem, monatlichem oder jährlichen Ansicht eingesehen werden können und dem Administrator helfen können Engpässe und Systemprobleme zu finden."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Munin Trend Reporting System ist erhältlich unter <ulink url='https://"
+"www/munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Es stellt Systemstatusmessungen zur "
+"Verfügung, die in täglichem, monatlichem oder jährlichen Ansicht eingesehen "
+"werden können und dem Administrator helfen können Engpässe und "
+"Systemprobleme zu finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1107
@@ -3195,7 +3273,16 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> as root on the freshly installed machine, and "
"<computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> as root on the "
"sitesummary server (normally the main-server)."
-msgstr "Die Liste an überwachten Computern wird automatisch aus den an Sitesummary berichtenden Hosts erstellt. Ein Host berichtet an den Server wenn das Paket \"munin-node\" installiert ist. Wegen der Ausführreihenfolge der Cronjobs dauert es normalerweise zwei Tage bevor bevor ein Host von Munin registriert wird. Wenn sie dies beschleunigen wollen, führen sie <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary-client </computeroutput> als root auf dem neuen Host aus und <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> als root auf dem Server auf dem Sitesummary läuft (Dies ist normalerweise der Hauptserver)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Liste an überwachten Computern wird automatisch aus den an Sitesummary "
+"berichtenden Hosts erstellt. Ein Host berichtet an den Server wenn das Paket "
+"\"munin-node\" installiert ist. Wegen der Ausführreihenfolge der Cronjobs "
+"dauert es normalerweise zwei Tage bevor bevor ein Host von Munin registriert "
+"wird. Wenn sie dies beschleunigen wollen, führen sie <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"cron.daily/sitesummary-client </computeroutput> als root auf dem neuen Host "
+"aus und <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> als "
+"root auf dem Server auf dem Sitesummary läuft (Dies ist normalerweise der "
+"Hauptserver)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1111
@@ -3203,8 +3290,8 @@ msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
-"Weitere Informationen über Munin kann man unter <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> finden."
+"Weitere Informationen über Munin kann man unter <ulink url='http://munin."
+"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1117
@@ -3217,8 +3304,8 @@ msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Das Nagios System und Service Überwachungstool kann unter <ulink url='https://"
-"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
+"Das Nagios System und Service Überwachungstool kann unter <ulink "
+"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1122
@@ -3227,7 +3314,12 @@ msgid ""
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
"avoid using the samme password as root. To change the password you can run "
"the following command as root:"
-msgstr "Der Benutzername ist \"nagiosadmin\" un das Passwort ist undefiniert. Vor dem ersten Login muss das Passwort gesetzt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen sollten sie davon absehen, das gleiche Passwort wie für den Rootaccount zu verwenden. Um das Passwort zu ändern, führen sie bitte den folgenden Befehl als root aus:"
+msgstr ""
+"Der Benutzername ist \"nagiosadmin\" un das Passwort ist undefiniert. Vor "
+"dem ersten Login muss das Passwort gesetzt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen "
+"sollten sie davon absehen, das gleiche Passwort wie für den Rootaccount zu "
+"verwenden. Um das Passwort zu ändern, führen sie bitte den folgenden Befehl "
+"als root aus:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1125
@@ -3247,7 +3339,13 @@ msgid ""
"with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Standardmässig versendet das in Debian Edu 3.0r1 installierte Nagios keine Emails. Dies kann geändert werden, indem man in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput> den Eintrag <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> ersetzt."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardmässig versendet das in Debian Edu 3.0r1 installierte Nagios keine "
+"Emails. Dies kann geändert werden, indem man in der Datei <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput> den Eintrag "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> durch "
+"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> und "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> ersetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1134
@@ -3255,7 +3353,10 @@ msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
-msgstr "Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url='http://www.nagios.org/'> oder in dem Paket <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url='http://www.nagios.org/'> "
+"oder in dem Paket <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden "
+"werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1141
@@ -3267,7 +3368,9 @@ msgstr "Sitesummary"
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
-msgstr "Einen einfachen Bericht erstellt durch \"sitesummary\" gibt es unter <ulink url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Einen einfachen Bericht erstellt durch \"sitesummary\" gibt es unter <ulink "
+"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1146
@@ -3275,7 +3378,10 @@ msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
-msgstr "Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1154
@@ -3290,7 +3396,12 @@ msgid ""
"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
"attempting to upgrade."
-msgstr "Bevor wir zu der Erklärung wie man upgrades macht kommen, hier ein wichtiger Hinweis: Das update auf dem Produktivserver ist auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis role='strong'> Debian Edu/Skolelinux kommt ohne Garantie auf Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis> Bitte lesen sie dieses Kaptitel ganz bevor sie versuchen, upzugraden."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevor wir zu der Erklärung wie man upgrades macht kommen, hier ein wichtiger "
+"Hinweis: Das update auf dem Produktivserver ist auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis "
+"role='strong'> Debian Edu/Skolelinux kommt ohne Garantie auf "
+"Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis> Bitte "
+"lesen sie dieses Kaptitel ganz bevor sie versuchen, upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1159
@@ -3298,7 +3409,10 @@ msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
"available in its installation manual."
-msgstr "Mehr <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> sind im Debian Etch Installationsmanual zu finden."
+msgstr ""
+"Mehr <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"installmanual'>Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> sind im "
+"Debian Etch Installationsmanual zu finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1162
@@ -3307,7 +3421,11 @@ msgid ""
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
"way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
"and see if everything works as it should."
-msgstr "Wenn sie sicher gehen wollen dass auch nach einem Upgrade noch alles funktioniert, sollten sie das Upgrade auf einem Testserver der genau wie der Produktivserver konfiguriert ist machen. So können sie das Upgrade ohne Risiko testen und schauen ob alles so funktioniert wie es sollte."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie sicher gehen wollen dass auch nach einem Upgrade noch alles "
+"funktioniert, sollten sie das Upgrade auf einem Testserver der genau wie der "
+"Produktivserver konfiguriert ist machen. So können sie das Upgrade ohne "
+"Risiko testen und schauen ob alles so funktioniert wie es sollte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1164
@@ -3319,8 +3437,13 @@ msgid ""
"faq#lifespan'>ceases support for sarge </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
"do that too. This is expected to happen in April 2008."
msgstr ""
-"Es könnte auch geschickt sein noch nicht upzugraden und noch eine Weile Sarge zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen können und Probleme dokumentieren können. Debian Edu Sarge wird noch länger supported werden, aber wenn Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan'>den Support für Sarge einstellen wird </ulink>, wird auch Debian Edu den Support einstellen (müssen). Dies wird vorraussichtlich im April 2008 der Fall sein."
+"Es könnte auch geschickt sein noch nicht upzugraden und noch eine Weile "
+"Sarge zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen können und Probleme "
+"dokumentieren können. Debian Edu Sarge wird noch länger supported werden, "
+"aber wenn Debian <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan'>den Support für Sarge einstellen wird </ulink>, wird auch "
+"Debian Edu den Support einstellen (müssen). Dies wird vorraussichtlich im "
+"April 2008 der Fall sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1169
@@ -3329,8 +3452,11 @@ msgstr "Upgraden von Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1171
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
-msgstr "Bitte lesen sie dieses Kapitel komplett bevor sie anfangen das System upzugraden."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte lesen sie dieses Kapitel komplett bevor sie anfangen das System "
+"upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1173
@@ -3342,7 +3468,15 @@ msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'>notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
-msgstr "Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>Debian Etch Release Notes lesen</ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installiert standardmässig einen 2.6 Kernel. Falls sie noch enen 2.4 Kernel installiert haben ,sollten sie vor dem upgrade <emphasis>unbedingt </emphasis> das folgende Dokument lesen: <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> Bemerkungen zum Updaten von Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch <ulink url='http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>Debian Etch Release Notes lesen</"
+"ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installiert standardmässig "
+"einen 2.6 Kernel. Falls sie noch enen 2.4 Kernel installiert haben ,sollten "
+"sie vor dem upgrade <emphasis>unbedingt </emphasis> das folgende Dokument "
+"lesen: <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/"
+"ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> Bemerkungen zum Updaten von "
+"Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1180
@@ -3355,24 +3489,33 @@ msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
"Groups:"
-msgstr "Das größte Problem bei einem Upgrade von auf Sarge basierten Releases zu Terra ist dass sich das Partitionsschema grundlegend verändert hat. Sarge basierte Releases haben die folgenden Volume Groups:"
+msgstr ""
+"Das größte Problem bei einem Upgrade von auf Sarge basierten Releases zu "
+"Terra ist dass sich das Partitionsschema grundlegend verändert hat. Sarge "
+"basierte Releases haben die folgenden Volume Groups:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data auf welcher die Datenpartition liegt, unter dem Namen /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data auf welcher die Datenpartition liegt, unter dem Namen /skole/tjener/"
+"home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system welche die Systempartition enthält, unter dem Namen /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system welche die Systempartition enthält, unter dem Namen /var, /usr /"
+"var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
-msgstr "Das auf Etch basierte Release hat wegen internen Änderungen am Installationssystem allerdings nur eine Volume Group."
+msgstr ""
+"Das auf Etch basierte Release hat wegen internen Änderungen am "
+"Installationssystem allerdings nur eine Volume Group."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1189
@@ -3384,7 +3527,14 @@ msgid ""
"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
"on the device."
-msgstr "Die vg_system Volume Group ist recht klein, da die Daten auf dieser Partition meist statisch sind. Bei einem Testupgrade in einer Virtual Machine mi 8GB Festplattenplatz ist das Upgrade fehlgeschlagen, weil es nicht möglich war, vg_system entsprechend zu erweitern. Um upzugraden sollten sie mindestens über 1,5GB freien Speicher auf /var und 600MB freien Speicher auf /usr verfügen. Ansonsten wird das Upgrade wegen zu wenig Platz fehlschlagen."
+msgstr ""
+"Die vg_system Volume Group ist recht klein, da die Daten auf dieser "
+"Partition meist statisch sind. Bei einem Testupgrade in einer Virtual "
+"Machine mi 8GB Festplattenplatz ist das Upgrade fehlgeschlagen, weil es "
+"nicht möglich war, vg_system entsprechend zu erweitern. Um upzugraden "
+"sollten sie mindestens über 1,5GB freien Speicher auf /var und 600MB freien "
+"Speicher auf /usr verfügen. Ansonsten wird das Upgrade wegen zu wenig Platz "
+"fehlschlagen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1194
@@ -3396,7 +3546,9 @@ msgstr "Vorbereitung des Systems"
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
-msgstr "Falls sie genug freien Speicherplatz in der vg_system Volume Group haben, aber zu wenig in der lv_var Partition müssen sie diese Partition erweitern:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie genug freien Speicherplatz in der vg_system Volume Group haben, "
+"aber zu wenig in der lv_var Partition müssen sie diese Partition erweitern:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1198
@@ -3404,7 +3556,9 @@ msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
"partition for this to work, too:"
-msgstr "1.) Hängen sie erst <computeroutput>/var/squid </computeroutput> und danach <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> aus:"
+msgstr ""
+"1.) Hängen sie erst <computeroutput>/var/squid </computeroutput> und danach "
+"<computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> aus:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1201
@@ -3473,7 +3627,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
-msgstr "Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+msgstr ""
+"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1225
@@ -3505,7 +3661,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
-msgstr "Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
+msgstr ""
+"Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1242
@@ -3513,7 +3670,11 @@ msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
-msgstr "Hier können wir ihnen einige Tipps geben was sie auf Fragen antworten können die von debconf gestellt werden. Bemerkung: Dieses HowTo geht davon aus, dass der Main- und der Terminalserver frisch installiert wurden und nichts verändert wurde."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können wir ihnen einige Tipps geben was sie auf Fragen antworten können "
+"die von debconf gestellt werden. Bemerkung: Dieses HowTo geht davon aus, "
+"dass der Main- und der Terminalserver frisch installiert wurden und nichts "
+"verändert wurde."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1244
@@ -3525,7 +3686,14 @@ msgid ""
"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
"edu."
-msgstr "Welche Fragen zu den hier aufgeführten noch gestellt werden kommt darauf an was auf ihrem System zusätzlich an Paketen installiert ist (zusätzlich zu den standardmässig auf einem Sarge basierten Debian Edu System installierten Paketen). Falls sie Fragen haben, zögern sie nicht diese auf der Mailingliste (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) oder im IRC (irc.oftc.net: #debian-edu.zu) stellen. "
+msgstr ""
+"Welche Fragen zu den hier aufgeführten noch gestellt werden kommt darauf an "
+"was auf ihrem System zusätzlich an Paketen installiert ist (zusätzlich zu "
+"den standardmässig auf einem Sarge basierten Debian Edu System installierten "
+"Paketen). Falls sie Fragen haben, zögern sie nicht diese auf der "
+"Mailingliste (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-"
+"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) oder im IRC (irc.oftc.net: #debian-edu.zu) "
+"stellen. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1247
@@ -3537,7 +3705,9 @@ msgstr "* nagios-common:"
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Hier müssen sie das Passwort für den <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> Benutzer eingeben."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier müssen sie das Passwort für den <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Benutzer eingeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1254
@@ -3557,7 +3727,9 @@ msgstr "* openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
-msgstr "challenge-response Authentification <emphasize>nicht </emphasize> deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"challenge-response Authentification <emphasize>nicht </emphasize> "
+"deaktivieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1262
@@ -3580,7 +3752,11 @@ msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
-msgstr "Wenn sie \"yes\" auswählen wird uns das helfen Debian Edu zu verbessern (Wir werden dann eine wöchentliche Statistik erhalten welche Programme wie oft benutztwurden). Diese Daten werden anonym gesammelt und sie haben die Option \"no\" auszuwählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie \"yes\" auswählen wird uns das helfen Debian Edu zu verbessern (Wir "
+"werden dann eine wöchentliche Statistik erhalten welche Programme wie oft "
+"benutztwurden). Diese Daten werden anonym gesammelt und sie haben die Option "
+"\"no\" auszuwählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1270
@@ -3594,8 +3770,11 @@ msgstr "Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1276
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
-msgstr "Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </"
+"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1279
@@ -3627,7 +3806,9 @@ msgstr "* \"Restart Services\". Hier \"yes\" antworten."
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
-msgstr "Dies sind die Fragen die debconf ihnen stellen wird falls sie keine zusätzlichen Pakete installiert haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies sind die Fragen die debconf ihnen stellen wird falls sie keine "
+"zusätzlichen Pakete installiert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1290
@@ -3641,7 +3822,12 @@ msgid ""
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
-msgstr "Hinweis: Sie werden ein paar mal gefragt werden ob sie die alte, modifizierte Version einer Konfigurationsdatei behalten wollen oder sie durch eine neuere ersetzen wollen. Standardmässig wird die modifizierte Version beibehalten. Solange sie jedoch keine größeren Veränderungen vorgenommen haben, wählen sie bitte immer \"Install the latest one\" aus"
+msgstr ""
+"Hinweis: Sie werden ein paar mal gefragt werden ob sie die alte, "
+"modifizierte Version einer Konfigurationsdatei behalten wollen oder sie "
+"durch eine neuere ersetzen wollen. Standardmässig wird die modifizierte "
+"Version beibehalten. Solange sie jedoch keine größeren Veränderungen "
+"vorgenommen haben, wählen sie bitte immer \"Install the latest one\" aus"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1294
@@ -3672,7 +3858,13 @@ msgid ""
"info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> and comment out in both the "
"line containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then "
"restart the upgrade process with:"
-msgstr "Um dies zu beheben müssen sie die folgenden Dateien editieren: Kommentieren sie in den beiden Dateien <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> und <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> Die Zeile mit dem Eintrag <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis> aus. Starten sie dann den Upgradeprozess mit dem folgenden Befehl neu:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu beheben müssen sie die folgenden Dateien editieren: Kommentieren "
+"sie in den beiden Dateien <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-"
+"locale-it.postrm </emphasis> und <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-"
+"firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> Die Zeile mit dem Eintrag "
+"<emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis> aus. Starten sie dann "
+"den Upgradeprozess mit dem folgenden Befehl neu:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1305
@@ -3693,7 +3885,8 @@ msgstr "* Veränderte nagios Konfigurationsfiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
-msgstr "Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1313
@@ -3721,7 +3914,12 @@ msgid ""
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
-msgstr "Um dies zu beheben, nennen sie das Verzeichnis <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> um und, weil openldap nun unter dem Benutzer <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> anstatt root läuft, verändern sie die Berechtigungen der Konfigurationsdateien folgendermassen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu beheben, nennen sie das Verzeichnis <emphasis>/var/backups/"
+"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> um und, weil "
+"openldap nun unter dem Benutzer <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> anstatt root "
+"läuft, verändern sie die Berechtigungen der Konfigurationsdateien "
+"folgendermassen:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1322
@@ -3739,7 +3937,10 @@ msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
-msgstr "Jetzt sollte das Upgrade <emphasis role='strong'> ohne </emphasis> Fehler durchlaufen. Weil viele Packages keine upgrades sind, starten sie bitte den dist-upgrade Prozess mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jetzt sollte das Upgrade <emphasis role='strong'> ohne </emphasis> Fehler "
+"durchlaufen. Weil viele Packages keine upgrades sind, starten sie bitte den "
+"dist-upgrade Prozess mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1327
@@ -3767,7 +3968,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
-msgstr "Bitte entfernen sie das Paket <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> mit dem Befehl"
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte entfernen sie das Paket <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> mit dem "
+"Befehl"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1336
@@ -3777,15 +3980,20 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1338
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "und warten sie bis dies geschehen ist. Dann führen sie nochmals ein dist-upgrade aus."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"und warten sie bis dies geschehen ist. Dann führen sie nochmals ein dist-"
+"upgrade aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
-msgstr "Wenn sie nur die Standardpakete installiert hatten sollte der Upgradeprozess nun ohne weitere Fehler durchlaufen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie nur die Standardpakete installiert hatten sollte der Upgradeprozess "
+"nun ohne weitere Fehler durchlaufen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1345
@@ -3797,7 +4005,10 @@ msgstr "Probleme beim Upgraden von bind"
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
-msgstr "Das einzige übrige Problem ist dass sich der Benutzer von bind9 geänder hat, deswegen sollten sie alle Konfigurationsfiles von bind dem neuen Benutzer zuweisen."
+msgstr ""
+"Das einzige übrige Problem ist dass sich der Benutzer von bind9 geänder hat, "
+"deswegen sollten sie alle Konfigurationsfiles von bind dem neuen Benutzer "
+"zuweisen."
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1348
@@ -3810,7 +4021,9 @@ msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
-msgstr "Dazu finden sie unter <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> mehr Informationen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dazu finden sie unter <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport."
+"cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> mehr Informationen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1356
@@ -3825,7 +4038,13 @@ msgid ""
"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
-msgstr "Es gab von Sarge zu Etch eine Änderung in der Art wie Samba groupmaps handhabt. In Sargen wurden Groupmaps intern gehandhabt, sodass eine Gruppe in Unix einer Gruppe in Samba entsprach. In Etch wurden die groupmap Information in einer LDAP Datenbank gespeichert. Leider wurde dieses Problem zu spät entdeckt um um unser LDAP Administrationstool \"lwat\" dementsprechend anzupassen."
+msgstr ""
+"Es gab von Sarge zu Etch eine Änderung in der Art wie Samba groupmaps "
+"handhabt. In Sargen wurden Groupmaps intern gehandhabt, sodass eine Gruppe "
+"in Unix einer Gruppe in Samba entsprach. In Etch wurden die groupmap "
+"Information in einer LDAP Datenbank gespeichert. Leider wurde dieses Problem "
+"zu spät entdeckt um um unser LDAP Administrationstool \"lwat\" "
+"dementsprechend anzupassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1360
@@ -3833,7 +4052,10 @@ msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
-msgstr "Wenn sie ihr auf LDAP von Sarge auf Etch upgraden müssen sie sicher gehen, dass sie die Domänenadminaccounts anlegen die für den Domänenbetrieb von Samba notwendig sind. Dies machen sie mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie ihr auf LDAP von Sarge auf Etch upgraden müssen sie sicher gehen, "
+"dass sie die Domänenadminaccounts anlegen die für den Domänenbetrieb von "
+"Samba notwendig sind. Dies machen sie mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1361
@@ -3856,7 +4078,11 @@ msgid ""
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
"chapter of this manual."
-msgstr "Falls sie zudem möchten dass ihre Windowscomputer erfahren in welchen Gruppen sich die Benutzer befinden, müssen sie die groupmaps in LDAP manuell anlegen. Dies wird in dem Kaptiel <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> dieses Manuals genauer erklärt."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie zudem möchten dass ihre Windowscomputer erfahren in welchen "
+"Gruppen sich die Benutzer befinden, müssen sie die groupmaps in LDAP manuell "
+"anlegen. Dies wird in dem Kaptiel <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/"
+"NetworkClients</link> dieses Manuals genauer erklärt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1372
@@ -3871,7 +4097,13 @@ msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
-msgstr "Upgrades ausgehend von auf Woody basierenden Debian Edu/Skolelinux Installationen werden nicht unterstützt. Sie sollten zuerst auf eine Sarge basierte Version updaten, Informationen hierzu finden sie unter <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Dann können sie zu Terra upgraden (ein auf Etch basierendes Release)."
+msgstr ""
+"Upgrades ausgehend von auf Woody basierenden Debian Edu/Skolelinux "
+"Installationen werden nicht unterstützt. Sie sollten zuerst auf eine Sarge "
+"basierte Version updaten, Informationen hierzu finden sie unter <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0'>http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Dann können sie zu Terra "
+"upgraden (ein auf Etch basierendes Release)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1381
@@ -3880,8 +4112,10 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1383
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
-msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1386
@@ -3910,17 +4144,25 @@ msgid ""
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
-msgstr "Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> und <link linkend=\"Maintainance\">Wartung </link> erklären den Einstieg in den Umgang und die Wartung von Debian Edu. Die HowTos in diesem Kaptiel sind \"fortgeschrittene\" Tipps und Tricks."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> und "
+"<link linkend=\"Maintainance\">Wartung </link> erklären den Einstieg in den "
+"Umgang und die Wartung von Debian Edu. Die HowTos in diesem Kaptiel sind "
+"\"fortgeschrittene\" Tipps und Tricks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1407
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
-msgstr "Führen sie eine \"Barebone\" Installation durch indem sie debian-edu-expert verwenden"
+msgstr ""
+"Führen sie eine \"Barebone\" Installation durch indem sie debian-edu-expert "
+"verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1409
@@ -3945,7 +4187,8 @@ msgstr "Updaten sie den DNS Dienst auf dem Hauptserver"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
-msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
+msgstr ""
+"Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1420
@@ -3956,7 +4199,13 @@ msgid ""
"make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as "
"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Mit der Einführung des <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </computeroutput> Skriptes in Debian Edu werden alle Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> mit Hilfe von SVK verfolgt. Dies macht es möglich herauszufinden ob Dateien hinzugefügt, verändertert oder gelöscht wurde und zu schauen was in einer Datei verändert wurde. Das SVK Repository ist in <computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput> gespeichert."
+msgstr ""
+"Mit der Einführung des <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </computeroutput> "
+"Skriptes in Debian Edu werden alle Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
+"computeroutput> mit Hilfe von SVK verfolgt. Dies macht es möglich "
+"herauszufinden ob Dateien hinzugefügt, verändertert oder gelöscht wurde und "
+"zu schauen was in einer Datei verändert wurde. Das SVK Repository ist in "
+"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput> gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1425
@@ -3964,7 +4213,11 @@ msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
-msgstr "Dieses Feature ist in allen auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian Edu automatisch aktiviert und es werden alle Änderungen, die während der Installation vorgenommen wurden, gespeichert. Änderungen in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> werden jede halbe Stunde gespeichert."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Feature ist in allen auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian Edu "
+"automatisch aktiviert und es werden alle Änderungen, die während der "
+"Installation vorgenommen wurden, gespeichert. Änderungen in <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/ </computeroutput> werden jede halbe Stunde gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1428
@@ -3999,7 +4252,9 @@ msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele"
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
-msgstr "Auf einem frisch installierten System alle Änderungen herausfinden seit das System installiert wurde:"
+msgstr ""
+"Auf einem frisch installierten System alle Änderungen herausfinden seit das "
+"System installiert wurde:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1443
@@ -4046,7 +4301,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
-msgstr "Um eine Veränderung rückgängig zu machen, können sie den diff Befehl verwenden um die Änderungen herauszufinden und die Datei dann dementsprechend ändern; alternativ können sie dies automatisch machen indem sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine Veränderung rückgängig zu machen, können sie den diff Befehl "
+"verwenden um die Änderungen herauszufinden und die Datei dann "
+"dementsprechend ändern; alternativ können sie dies automatisch machen indem "
+"sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1461
@@ -4060,8 +4319,11 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1464
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Um eine Datei manuell zu comitten weil sie keine halbe Stunde warten wollen, verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine Datei manuell zu comitten weil sie keine halbe Stunde warten wollen, "
+"verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1467
@@ -4078,7 +4340,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
-msgstr "Wenn sie wünschen dass eine Datei von svk nicht verfolgt wird, können sie dies dem System mitteilen. Dies ist aber nur selten nützlich <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie wünschen dass eine Datei von svk nicht verfolgt wird, können sie "
+"dies dem System mitteilen. Dies ist aber nur selten nützlich "
+"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1477
@@ -4101,7 +4366,10 @@ msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
"the following command run as root:"
-msgstr "/etc in SVK zu halten wurde mit den auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian eingeführt. Falls sie ihr System in der Zeit vor Etch installiert haben, müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
+msgstr ""
+"/etc in SVK zu halten wurde mit den auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian "
+"eingeführt. Falls sie ihr System in der Zeit vor Etch installiert haben, "
+"müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1488
@@ -4118,7 +4386,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Dies fügt alle Dateien in /etc/ zu SVK hinzu und aktiviert den stündlichen commit-Cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies fügt alle Dateien in /etc/ zu SVK hinzu und aktiviert den stündlichen "
+"commit-Cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1497
@@ -4133,7 +4403,13 @@ msgid ""
"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
"while the partition is unmounted."
-msgstr "Die meisten Partitionen in Debian Edu sind logische LVM Volumes. Allein die /boot/ Partition ist keine LVM Partition. Mit einem Etch basierten Release von Debian Edu ist es möglich Partitionen zu vergrößern während sie eingehängt sind. Dies ist ein Feature des Linux Kernels das mit Version 2.6.10 eingeführt wurde. Partitionen zu verkleinern muss immer noch geschehen wenn die Partitionen ausgehängt sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Die meisten Partitionen in Debian Edu sind logische LVM Volumes. Allein die /"
+"boot/ Partition ist keine LVM Partition. Mit einem Etch basierten Release "
+"von Debian Edu ist es möglich Partitionen zu vergrößern während sie "
+"eingehängt sind. Dies ist ein Feature des Linux Kernels das mit Version "
+"2.6.10 eingeführt wurde. Partitionen zu verkleinern muss immer noch "
+"geschehen wenn die Partitionen ausgehängt sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1501
@@ -4143,7 +4419,12 @@ msgid ""
"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
"smaller partitions than one very large one."
-msgstr "Es ist eine gute Idee keine sehr großen Partitionen anzulegen, weil diese im Zweifelsfalle sehr lange brauchen um von einem Backup wiederhergestellt zu werden und eine Dateiüberprüfung sehr lange dauern könnte. Eine gute obere Schranke ist 20GiB. Falls möglich ist es besser mehrere kleine Partitionen anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist eine gute Idee keine sehr großen Partitionen anzulegen, weil diese im "
+"Zweifelsfalle sehr lange brauchen um von einem Backup wiederhergestellt zu "
+"werden und eine Dateiüberprüfung sehr lange dauern könnte. Eine gute obere "
+"Schranke ist 20GiB. Falls möglich ist es besser mehrere kleine Partitionen "
+"anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1503
@@ -4158,7 +4439,18 @@ msgid ""
"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
"the file systems."
-msgstr "Um es einfacher zu machen volle Partitionen zu erweitern wird das <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> Skript zur Verfügung gestellt. Es liesst die Konfiguration unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> ein und vergrößert aus den Regeln in diesen Dateien die Partitionen die zu klein sind. Wenn es ohne Argumente gestartet wird gibt es nur die Befehle aus die zum Vergrößern der Dateisysteme nötig sind. Wenn man die Dateisystem tatsächlich vergrößern will, muss das Script mit dem Argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> starten."
+msgstr ""
+"Um es einfacher zu machen volle Partitionen zu erweitern wird das "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> Skript zur "
+"Verfügung gestellt. Es liesst die Konfiguration unter <computeroutput>/usr/"
+"share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
+"site/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> ein und vergrößert aus den Regeln in "
+"diesen Dateien die Partitionen die zu klein sind. Wenn es ohne Argumente "
+"gestartet wird gibt es nur die Befehle aus die zum Vergrößern der "
+"Dateisysteme nötig sind. Wenn man die Dateisystem tatsächlich vergrößern "
+"will, muss das Script mit dem Argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> "
+"starten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1512
@@ -4171,7 +4463,11 @@ msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
-msgstr "Logical Volume Managemet (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern während diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM findet man unter <ulink url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Logical Volume Managemet (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern während "
+"diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM findet "
+"man unter <ulink url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </"
+"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1517
@@ -4179,12 +4475,17 @@ msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
"grow to."
-msgstr "Um ein logisches Volume zu vergrößern müssen sie einfach dem <computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> Befehl sagen auf wie viel sie die Partition vergrößern wollen. "
+msgstr ""
+"Um ein logisches Volume zu vergrößern müssen sie einfach dem "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> Befehl sagen auf wie viel sie die "
+"Partition vergrößern wollen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl verwenden:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl "
+"verwenden:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1521
@@ -4207,7 +4508,10 @@ msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
-msgstr "Da <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> ein recht neues Angebot ist das erst mit Debian Etch eingeführt wurde, ist es auf Standardinstallationen noch nicht aktiviert."
+msgstr ""
+"Da <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> ein "
+"recht neues Angebot ist das erst mit Debian Etch eingeführt wurde, ist es "
+"auf Standardinstallationen noch nicht aktiviert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1535
@@ -4230,7 +4534,12 @@ msgid ""
"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
-msgstr "Einige Pakete richten sich auf schnell wechselnde Ziele, wie Spamfilter, Virusscanner und immer wenn mit aktualisierten Daten gearbeitet wird, die nicht für die gesamte Zeit eines stabilen Releases gültig sind. Die Hauptaufgabe von volatile besteht darin, dem Administrator zu ermöglichen,sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten. "
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Pakete richten sich auf schnell wechselnde Ziele, wie Spamfilter, "
+"Virusscanner und immer wenn mit aktualisierten Daten gearbeitet wird, die "
+"nicht für die gesamte Zeit eines stabilen Releases gültig sind. Die "
+"Hauptaufgabe von volatile besteht darin, dem Administrator zu ermöglichen,"
+"sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1545
@@ -4246,9 +4555,11 @@ msgid ""
"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
-"Wenn der volatile archive-key im <computeroutput>debian-"
-"archive-keyring </computeroutput> Paket enthalten ist, so wie es in der Standardinstallation der Fall ist, müssen Sie den den key nie mehr zum root keyring manuell hinzufügen. Fügen Sie einfach die folgende Zeile hier dazu <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput>:"
+"Wenn der volatile archive-key im <computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </"
+"computeroutput> Paket enthalten ist, so wie es in der Standardinstallation "
+"der Fall ist, müssen Sie den den key nie mehr zum root keyring manuell "
+"hinzufügen. Fügen Sie einfach die folgende Zeile hier dazu <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1552
@@ -4280,7 +4591,11 @@ msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
-msgstr "Sie benutzen Debian Edu weil Sie seine Stabilität schätzen. Es läuft sehr gut, es gibt nur ein Problem: Manchmal ist eine Software ein wenig mehr veraltet als Ihnen recht ist. Das ist der Punkt an dem backports.org ins Spiel kommt."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie benutzen Debian Edu weil Sie seine Stabilität schätzen. Es läuft sehr "
+"gut, es gibt nur ein Problem: Manchmal ist eine Software ein wenig mehr "
+"veraltet als Ihnen recht ist. Das ist der Punkt an dem backports.org ins "
+"Spiel kommt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1566
@@ -4294,8 +4609,14 @@ msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting(meist) und Debian Unstable(allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere Sicherheitsupdates), so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das möglich ist) auf einer stabilen Debian Distribution wie DebianEdu laufen. "
-"<emphasis role='strong'> Wir empfehlen Ihnen sich die einzelnen Backports auszuwählen, die sie benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen. </emphasis> Bitte folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
+"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting(meist) und Debian "
+"Unstable(allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere Sicherheitsupdates), "
+"so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das möglich ist) auf einer "
+"stabilen Debian Distribution wie DebianEdu laufen. <emphasis role='strong'> "
+"Wir empfehlen Ihnen sich die einzelnen Backports auszuwählen, die sie "
+"benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen. </emphasis> Bitte folgen "
+"Sie den Anweisungen auf <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www."
+"backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1570
@@ -4305,10 +4626,11 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
msgstr ""
-"Sie müssen den backports.org archive key zum root"
-"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring hinzufügen, so das <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> das Repository nutzen kann.<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. Das erreichen Sie, indem Sie als root die folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
+"Sie müssen den backports.org archive key zum root<computeroutput>gpg </"
+"computeroutput> keyring hinzufügen, so das <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> das Repository nutzen kann.<ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. Das erreichen Sie, indem Sie als root die "
+"folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1576
@@ -4366,13 +4688,62 @@ msgstr ""
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4389,56 +4760,58 @@ msgstr ""
"Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "HowTos für den Desktop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "Zwei Profile sind voreingestellt:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
-msgstr "stellt sicher, dass die Programme hinter den Desktop Icons im KDE Panel genauso aussehen"
+msgstr ""
+"stellt sicher, dass die Programme hinter den Desktop Icons im KDE Panel "
+"genauso aussehen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1670
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1650
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr "stellt sicher, dass Schüler keine andere KDE Sitzung starten können"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr "verhindert die Möglichkeit, dass Schüler Rootrechte bekommen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4447,22 +4820,23 @@ msgstr ""
"user and members of the admins file group)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
+"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4471,44 +4845,52 @@ msgid ""
"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
"folder."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie die Kiosk Profile verändern möchten, so können Sie entweder die bestehenden kopieren und abändern, oder neue Kioskprofile erstellen in (zum Beispiel)"
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> und aktivieren sie in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. Das Kiosk Tool wird dies für Sie erledigen, wenn Sie auf \"profile properties\" klicken und ein neuen Ordner anlegen."
+"Wenn Sie die Kiosk Profile verändern möchten, so können Sie entweder die "
+"bestehenden kopieren und abändern, oder neue Kioskprofile erstellen in (zum "
+"Beispiel)<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> und "
+"aktivieren sie in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. "
+"Das Kiosk Tool wird dies für Sie erledigen, wenn Sie auf \"profile properties"
+"\" klicken und ein neuen Ordner anlegen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
"computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie den Kiosk-Mode nicht nutzen wollen, dektivieren Sie ihn in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
-"</computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
-"computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
+"Wenn Sie den Kiosk-Mode nicht nutzen wollen, dektivieren Sie ihn in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>/etc/kde-"
+"user-profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Bearbeiten des KDE Anmeldebildschirms"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1676
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
msgstr ""
-"In Debian/Etch, wurde die Möglichkeit zur Änderung des KDM Anmeldebildschirms geändert. Sie müssen nun eine Datei in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> hinzufügen um Variablen zu verändern und die ursprüngliche zu überschreiben."
+"In Debian/Etch, wurde die Möglichkeit zur Änderung des KDM "
+"Anmeldebildschirms geändert. Sie müssen nun eine Datei in <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> hinzufügen um Variablen zu verändern "
+"und die ursprüngliche zu überschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
-msgstr "Hier ein Beispiel, wie man ein Theme im <computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ein Beispiel, wie man ein Theme im <computeroutput>desktop-base </"
+"computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4520,50 +4902,66 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
-msgstr "Sehen Sie sich den Code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Sehen Sie sich den Code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> "
+"an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1693
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
"need to have non-free enabled in your sources list. It requires a working "
"Internet connection and will download the precompiled binary from Adobe."
-msgstr "Um das Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin zu installieren, installieren sie das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>. Dafür muss non-free in der sources.list aktiviert sein und benötigen eine funktionierende Internetverbindung. Das Paket lädt vorkompilierten Binärdateien von Adboe herunter."
+msgstr ""
+"Um das Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin zu installieren, installieren "
+"sie das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>. Dafür "
+"muss non-free in der sources.list aktiviert sein und benötigen eine "
+"funktionierende Internetverbindung. Das Paket lädt vorkompilierten "
+"Binärdateien von Adboe herunter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1721
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
-msgstr "Falls der Sound auf den Thin Clients beim besuchen bestimmter Seiten wie zb youtube.com seltsam klingt, kann dies durch Installation eines bestimmten Paketes auf dem Thin Client Server geöst werden. Um dies zu tun, loggen sie sich auf dem Server als root ein und führen sie die folgenden Befehle aus:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls der Sound auf den Thin Clients beim besuchen bestimmter Seiten wie zb "
+"youtube.com seltsam klingt, kann dies durch Installation eines bestimmten "
+"Paketes auf dem Thin Client Server geöst werden. Um dies zu tun, loggen sie "
+"sich auf dem Server als root ein und führen sie die folgenden Befehle aus:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
"ensure a trust path."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warnung </emphasis>: Die Software die sie installieren werden kommt eventuell aus unsicheren Quellen. Software die mit <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> installiert wurde ist kyptographisch Signierd um sicherzustellen dass der Quelle vertraut werden kann."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warnung </emphasis>: Die "
+"Software die sie installieren werden kommt eventuell aus unsicheren Quellen. "
+"Software die mit <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> installiert wurde "
+"ist kyptographisch Signierd um sicherzustellen dass der Quelle vertraut "
+"werden kann."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4573,12 +4971,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Dann:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4588,24 +4986,27 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
-msgstr "Um den Sound zum laufen zu bekommen müssen sie zudem das aktuellste flashplugin-nonfree Paket installieren (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Um den Sound zum laufen zu bekommen müssen sie zudem das aktuellste "
+"flashplugin-nonfree Paket installieren (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andere nützliche Plugins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
-msgstr "Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4615,21 +5016,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "DVDs abspielen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia "
"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
-msgstr "Um DVDs abzuspielen, benötigen sie das Package libdvdcss. Dies ist aus rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. Wenn sie libdvdcss verwenden dürfen, können sie das Paket von debian.multimedia.org verwenden. Fügen sie das Multimedia Repository hinzu und installieren sie die Libraries für Multimedia und DVDs:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um DVDs abzuspielen, benötigen sie das Package libdvdcss. Dies ist aus "
+"rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. Wenn sie libdvdcss "
+"verwenden dürfen, können sie das Paket von debian.multimedia.org verwenden. "
+"Fügen sie das Multimedia Repository hinzu und installieren sie die Libraries "
+"für Multimedia und DVDs:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4639,19 +5045,21 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Das Multimedia Repository verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
-msgstr "Um www.debian-multimedia.org zu verwenden, besuchen sie die Homepage und finden sie einen Mirror, oder fügen sie stattdessen"
+msgstr ""
+"Um www.debian-multimedia.org zu verwenden, besuchen sie die Homepage und "
+"finden sie einen Mirror, oder fügen sie stattdessen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4661,26 +5069,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
-"ihrer sources.list hinzu. Installieren sie dann das Paket mit den Schlüsseln für Multimedia (debian-"
-"multimedia-keyring)."
+"ihrer sources.list hinzu. Installieren sie dann das Paket mit den Schlüsseln "
+"für Multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTos für Netzwerkclients"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4689,17 +5097,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP im Einzelnen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4709,7 +5117,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4718,14 +5126,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1782
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4741,19 +5149,19 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4762,12 +5170,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4779,19 +5187,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4800,22 +5208,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4823,7 +5231,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4831,19 +5239,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4853,12 +5261,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4868,21 +5276,21 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4890,19 +5298,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4912,12 +5320,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4927,22 +5335,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1889
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4951,21 +5359,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4975,12 +5383,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4993,26 +5401,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1913
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5026,7 +5434,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5036,12 +5444,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5052,7 +5460,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5062,12 +5470,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5076,12 +5484,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5092,7 +5500,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5103,7 +5511,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5112,7 +5520,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5123,22 +5531,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1959
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5148,56 +5556,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5208,48 +5616,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5257,17 +5666,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5277,7 +5686,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5286,7 +5695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5294,34 +5703,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5329,29 +5739,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5361,7 +5771,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5373,12 +5783,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5389,7 +5799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als auch von Linux aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5399,7 +5809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5409,7 +5819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5421,7 +5831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5431,17 +5841,17 @@ msgstr ""
"zuzugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5450,7 +5860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5461,12 +5871,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -5475,12 +5885,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -5489,7 +5899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5499,12 +5909,12 @@ msgstr ""
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5514,26 +5924,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2178
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5541,20 +5951,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
"system."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> war in Sarge verfügbar, aber kein Teil von Etch. Sie können jedoch einfach die Version aus Sarge auf Etch installieren."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> war in Sarge verfügbar, aber "
+"kein Teil von Etch. Sie können jedoch einfach die Version aus Sarge auf Etch "
+"installieren."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5574,7 +5987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5583,7 +5996,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5594,22 +6007,22 @@ msgstr ""
"aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5622,7 +6035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5640,12 +6053,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5656,7 +6069,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5667,12 +6080,12 @@ msgstr ""
"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2300
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Globale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5682,7 +6095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5695,7 +6108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5706,12 +6119,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-commits'>commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5724,7 +6137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5741,7 +6154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5754,22 +6167,22 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in English"
msgstr "auf Englisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5780,7 +6193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5790,12 +6203,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5806,7 +6219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5819,17 +6232,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "in German"
msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -5838,7 +6251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -5847,19 +6260,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
"Benutzung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "in French"
msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -5868,12 +6281,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "auf Spanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -5882,12 +6295,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5899,29 +6312,30 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the "
-"GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) und John Bildoy (2007) verfasst und ist Copyright 2007. "
-"Es ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen "
+"(2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf "
+"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), "
+"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez "
+"(2007) und John Bildoy (2007) verfasst und ist Copyright 2007. Es ist unter "
+"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5934,12 +6348,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5948,45 +6362,46 @@ msgstr ""
"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
"any later version."
msgstr ""
-"Die norwegische Bokmål Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von Petter "
-"Reinholdtsen (2007) und Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder einer "
-"späteren Version lizenziert."
+"Die norwegische Bokmål Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von "
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) und Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter "
+"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"Die deutsche Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) und Kai Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder "
-"einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
+"Die deutsche Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von Holger Levsen "
+"(2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. "
+"Teichert (2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) und Kai "
+"Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen "
+"Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio "
+"Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen "
"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -5996,12 +6411,12 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6016,7 +6431,7 @@ msgstr ""
"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6032,7 +6447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6044,7 +6459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6053,7 +6468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6066,7 +6481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6076,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6086,12 +6501,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6102,23 +6517,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2495
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6131,7 +6546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6144,7 +6559,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6157,7 +6572,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6168,17 +6583,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6191,12 +6606,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6219,7 +6634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6236,7 +6651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6255,7 +6670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2505
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6264,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6277,7 +6692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6288,7 +6703,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6301,7 +6716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6326,7 +6741,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6349,7 +6764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6362,7 +6777,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6375,7 +6790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6388,7 +6803,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6401,7 +6816,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6418,7 +6833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6433,7 +6848,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6456,7 +6871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6471,7 +6886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6490,7 +6905,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6511,7 +6926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6530,7 +6945,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6559,7 +6974,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6570,7 +6985,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6593,7 +7008,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6602,7 +7017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2563
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6621,7 +7036,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6634,7 +7049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6653,7 +7068,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6674,12 +7089,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6702,7 +7117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6725,42 +7140,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6774,126 +7189,126 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> als bootoption, wobei "
"ll_CC für den Localenamen steht. Mehr Informationen über dieses Feature "
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'> ist in der Livecd Build "
-"Script Dokumentation zu finden</ulink>. Es folgt eine Liste von oft genutzten "
-"Localecodes:"
+"Script Dokumentation zu finden</ulink>. Es folgt eine Liste von oft "
+"genutzten Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "Wert der Locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2630 release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2674
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2684
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6907,34 +7322,34 @@ msgstr ""
"kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2738
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -6944,4 +7359,3 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> oder rsync von ftp.skolelinux.org im "
"Verzeichnis cd-etch-live/ erhältlich."
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index e798322..6df170d 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 15:40+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1305,8 +1305,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
-#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2449,9 +2449,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
-#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
-#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
-#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4055,13 +4055,59 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4077,81 +4123,82 @@ msgstr ""
"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
#, fuzzy
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1670
#, fuzzy
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1650
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
+"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4162,7 +4209,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4170,12 +4217,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1676
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4183,14 +4230,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4199,19 +4246,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1693
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4223,12 +4270,12 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1721
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4236,7 +4283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4245,7 +4292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4253,12 +4300,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4266,25 +4313,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4292,12 +4339,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4306,7 +4353,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4314,19 +4361,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4334,24 +4381,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4364,17 +4411,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4384,7 +4431,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4393,14 +4440,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1782
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4411,19 +4458,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4432,12 +4479,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4449,19 +4496,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4470,22 +4517,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4493,7 +4540,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4501,19 +4548,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4521,12 +4568,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4534,21 +4581,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4556,19 +4603,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4576,12 +4623,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4589,23 +4636,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1889
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4618,7 +4665,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4627,14 +4674,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4649,12 +4696,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4675,7 +4722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4685,20 +4732,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1913
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4712,7 +4759,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4728,12 +4775,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4744,7 +4791,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4754,12 +4801,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4768,12 +4815,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4784,7 +4831,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4795,7 +4842,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4804,7 +4851,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4815,22 +4862,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1959
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4840,56 +4887,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4900,49 +4947,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4950,18 +4997,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4971,7 +5018,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4980,7 +5027,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4988,36 +5035,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5025,29 +5072,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5057,7 +5104,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5066,12 +5113,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5083,21 +5130,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5106,14 +5153,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5121,19 +5168,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5144,31 +5191,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5176,12 +5223,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5189,26 +5236,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2178
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5216,12 +5263,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5229,7 +5276,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5242,14 +5289,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5260,23 +5307,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5285,7 +5332,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5296,13 +5343,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5310,7 +5357,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5318,20 +5365,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5340,7 +5387,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5348,13 +5395,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5363,7 +5410,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5379,7 +5426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5388,23 +5435,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5416,7 +5463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5424,13 +5471,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5442,7 +5489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5455,18 +5502,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5477,7 +5524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5487,18 +5534,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5508,13 +5555,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5524,12 +5571,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5540,27 +5587,27 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the "
-"GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Esto documento ha sido escrito con copyright de Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß and Patrick Winnertz 2007 y distribuido bajo la "
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5572,12 +5619,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -5587,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5598,7 +5645,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -5610,7 +5657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -5620,12 +5667,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5636,13 +5683,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5652,7 +5699,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5666,7 +5713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5675,14 +5722,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5691,26 +5738,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5724,25 +5771,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2495
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5755,7 +5802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5764,7 +5811,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5773,7 +5820,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5781,17 +5828,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5800,12 +5847,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5819,7 +5866,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5830,7 +5877,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5842,14 +5889,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2505
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5858,7 +5905,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5866,7 +5913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5875,7 +5922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5890,7 +5937,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5904,7 +5951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5913,7 +5960,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5922,7 +5969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5931,7 +5978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5940,7 +5987,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5951,7 +5998,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5961,7 +6008,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5975,7 +6022,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5985,7 +6032,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5997,7 +6044,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6010,7 +6057,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6022,7 +6069,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6039,7 +6086,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6047,7 +6094,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6061,14 +6108,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2563
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6080,7 +6127,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6089,7 +6136,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6101,7 +6148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6114,7 +6161,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6122,7 +6169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6136,7 +6183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6150,42 +6197,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6197,7 +6244,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6205,7 +6252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6213,7 +6260,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6221,108 +6268,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2630 release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2674
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2684
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6331,32 +6378,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2738
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index ad387c1..e10ccf0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 15:41+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-06 21:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra versione 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
@@ -63,10 +64,10 @@ msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installed on a "
"webserver </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Le traduzioni </link> sono parte del pacchetto "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, che può essere <ulink "
-"url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installato su un "
-"server web </ulink>."
+"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Le traduzioni </link> sono parte del "
+"pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, che può essere "
+"<ulink url='http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/'>installato su "
+"un server web </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:21
@@ -848,8 +849,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:189
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:195
@@ -861,7 +864,8 @@ msgstr "note a caso"
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:198
@@ -1385,8 +1389,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
-#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1607,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1780,7 +1784,8 @@ msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:508
@@ -1895,7 +1900,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:530
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
"negli hard disk!"
@@ -2031,10 +2037,13 @@ msgid ""
"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
"questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
-"Creare una versione personalizzata del CD o del DVD è possibile abbastanza facilmente, da quando si usa il <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
-"ulink>, che ha un progetto modulare e altre interessanti caratteristiche. [ <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] permette di definire le risposte alle domande normalmente richieste."
+"Creare una versione personalizzata del CD o del DVD è possibile abbastanza "
+"facilmente, da quando si usa il <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </ulink>, che ha un progetto modulare e "
+"altre interessanti caratteristiche. [ <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </"
+"ulink> Preseeding] permette di definire le risposte alle domande normalmente "
+"richieste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:583
@@ -2044,13 +2053,15 @@ msgid ""
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Quello che è necessario fare è creare un file di preseeding con le risposte personalizzate (tutto questo è descritto nell'appendice del manuale del debian installer) e <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>rimasterizzare il CD/DVD </"
-"ulink>."
+"Quello che è necessario fare è creare un file di preseeding con le risposte "
+"personalizzate (tutto questo è descritto nell'appendice del manuale del "
+"debian installer) e <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
+"Modify/CD'>rimasterizzare il CD/DVD </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:590
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
"server"
@@ -2690,9 +2701,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
-#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
-#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
-#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3372,7 +3383,8 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1171
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
@@ -3415,12 +3427,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1187
@@ -3618,7 +3632,8 @@ msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1254
@@ -3679,7 +3694,8 @@ msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1276
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3880,7 +3896,8 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1338
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -4006,8 +4023,10 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1383
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1386
@@ -4044,7 +4063,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1407
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
@@ -4211,8 +4231,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1464
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1467
@@ -4274,7 +4296,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1497
@@ -4365,7 +4388,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1521
@@ -4495,8 +4519,8 @@ msgstr ""
"possibile) su una distribuzione Debian stabile come Debian Edu. <emphasis "
"role='strong'>Si consiglia di selezionare singole backport che si adattano "
"alle tue esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport disponibili. </"
-"emphasis> Si prega di seguire le istruzioni per l'uso di backports su "
-"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
+"emphasis> Si prega di seguire le istruzioni per l'uso di backports su <ulink "
+"url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1570
@@ -4569,12 +4593,61 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ora modificare il file <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> in modo che contenga queste linee"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4591,22 +4664,22 @@ msgstr ""
"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4615,12 +4688,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del gruppo studenti)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4629,22 +4703,24 @@ msgstr ""
"desktop siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1670
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept non è partito"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1650
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
+msgstr ""
+"occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4653,7 +4729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4662,11 +4738,13 @@ msgstr ""
"permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
+"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Nota: </emphasis>: le modifiche ai profili possono "
"essere fatte usando <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. Tuttavia a "
@@ -4674,7 +4752,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4691,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr ""
"si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4702,12 +4780,12 @@ msgstr ""
"profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: quale dei due?!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1676
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4719,7 +4797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quelle di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4728,7 +4806,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4740,7 +4818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4749,12 +4827,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1693
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
@@ -4767,12 +4845,12 @@ msgstr ""
"connessione internet attiva che scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1721
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4784,7 +4862,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root nel server:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4797,7 +4875,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifratura."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4807,12 +4885,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Poi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4822,7 +4900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -4831,17 +4909,17 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto flashplugin-nonfree (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi sotto):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4851,12 +4929,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4870,7 +4948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"librerie dei dvd."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4880,12 +4958,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4894,7 +4972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4904,7 +4982,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4913,17 +4991,17 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4936,17 +5014,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4961,7 +5039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4973,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1782
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4982,7 +5060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4998,12 +5076,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -5012,7 +5090,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -5025,12 +5103,12 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5049,7 +5127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5058,12 +5136,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5076,22 +5154,23 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+"dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5102,7 +5181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -5113,7 +5192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come ogni altra cosa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
@@ -5122,14 +5201,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
"Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
"workstation:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5139,12 +5218,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5154,7 +5234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5164,7 +5244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5173,7 +5253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5183,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5192,12 +5272,12 @@ msgstr ""
"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5207,12 +5287,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5222,22 +5302,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1889
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5250,7 +5330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5259,14 +5339,15 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -5281,12 +5362,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5308,7 +5389,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -5318,7 +5399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5327,12 +5408,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1913
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5356,7 +5438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5372,12 +5454,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5394,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5408,12 +5490,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5427,12 +5509,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5450,7 +5532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5467,7 +5549,7 @@ msgstr ""
"progettati usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5480,7 +5562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5497,22 +5579,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
-msgstr "si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1959
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5527,37 +5611,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5566,7 +5650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5575,12 +5659,12 @@ msgstr ""
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5597,12 +5681,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5611,12 +5695,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5625,17 +5709,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5644,7 +5730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5655,17 +5741,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5679,7 +5765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5693,7 +5779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5704,12 +5790,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5718,22 +5806,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5744,14 +5832,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5760,17 +5848,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5785,7 +5873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5797,12 +5885,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5813,7 +5901,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5822,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5831,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5844,7 +5932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5853,17 +5941,17 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5872,7 +5960,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5889,12 +5977,12 @@ msgstr ""
"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -5903,12 +5991,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -5917,7 +6005,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5928,12 +6016,12 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5943,7 +6031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2178
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -5953,12 +6041,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione corrente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5967,7 +6055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5978,12 +6066,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5994,7 +6082,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuzione etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6014,7 +6102,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6023,7 +6111,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6034,22 +6122,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6061,7 +6149,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6078,12 +6166,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6094,7 +6182,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6105,12 +6193,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2300
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6120,7 +6208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6133,7 +6221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6144,12 +6232,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6162,7 +6250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6179,7 +6267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6193,22 +6281,22 @@ msgstr ""
"questo libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6219,7 +6307,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6230,12 +6318,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6246,7 +6334,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6259,17 +6347,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6278,7 +6367,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6287,19 +6376,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6308,12 +6397,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6322,12 +6411,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6338,29 +6427,30 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the "
-"GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è scritto e sotto copyright da Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) e John Bildoy (2007) rilasciato sotto "
-"GPL2 o versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
+"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) e John Bildoy (2007) rilasciato sotto GPL2 o "
+"versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6372,51 +6462,59 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "I diritti di autore della traduzione spagnola sono di José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+msgstr ""
+"I diritti di autore della traduzione spagnola sono di José L. Redrejo "
+"Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
"any later version."
-msgstr "I diritti di autore della traduzione norvegese Bokmål sono di Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) e Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008), rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+msgstr ""
+"I diritti di autore della traduzione norvegese Bokmål sono di Petter "
+"Reinholdtsen (2007) e Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008), rilasciata sotto licenza "
+"GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"I diritti di autore della traduzione tedesca sono di Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"I diritti di autore della traduzione tedesca sono di Holger Levsen (2007), "
+"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert "
+"(2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje "
+"(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "I diritti di autore della traduzione italiana sono di Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+msgstr ""
+"I diritti di autore della traduzione italiana sono di Claudio Carboncini "
+"(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6425,12 +6523,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6445,7 +6543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6460,7 +6558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6472,7 +6570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6481,7 +6579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6494,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6503,7 +6601,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6512,12 +6610,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6528,23 +6626,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2495
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6557,7 +6655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6570,7 +6668,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6583,7 +6681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6594,17 +6692,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6617,12 +6715,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6645,7 +6743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6662,7 +6760,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6681,7 +6779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2505
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6690,7 +6788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6703,7 +6801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6714,7 +6812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6727,7 +6825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6752,7 +6850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6775,7 +6873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6788,7 +6886,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6801,7 +6899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6814,7 +6912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6827,7 +6925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6844,7 +6942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6859,7 +6957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6882,7 +6980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6897,7 +6995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6916,7 +7014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6937,7 +7035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6956,7 +7054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6985,7 +7083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6996,7 +7094,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7019,7 +7117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7028,7 +7126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2563
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7047,7 +7145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7060,7 +7158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7079,7 +7177,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7100,12 +7198,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7128,7 +7226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7151,42 +7249,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7206,122 +7304,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2630 release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2674
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2684
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7334,32 +7432,33 @@ msgstr ""
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2738
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -7369,4 +7468,3 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-"
"live/."
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index c348822..e18e484 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 15:41+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-19 17:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
@@ -1363,8 +1363,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
-#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2671,9 +2671,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
-#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
-#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
-#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4516,13 +4516,62 @@ msgstr ""
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> slik "
+"at de inneholder disse linjene"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4536,22 +4585,22 @@ msgstr ""
"utviklerorientert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4560,12 +4609,12 @@ msgstr ""
"av filgruppen students)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4574,22 +4623,22 @@ msgstr ""
"panelet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1670
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1650
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4598,7 +4647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4607,18 +4656,20 @@ msgstr ""
"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
+"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> du kan tilpasse profilene ved "
"bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Men viss du ikke følger "
"stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4635,7 +4686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og leter frem en ny mappe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4646,12 +4697,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1676
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4662,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4671,7 +4722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4683,7 +4734,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4692,12 +4743,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1693
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4711,12 +4762,12 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1721
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4727,7 +4778,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4740,7 +4791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4750,12 +4801,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Så:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4765,25 +4816,25 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
#, fuzzy
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4793,12 +4844,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
@@ -4811,7 +4862,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4821,13 +4872,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4836,7 +4887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4846,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4855,17 +4906,17 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4878,17 +4929,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4903,7 +4954,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4916,7 +4967,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1782
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4925,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4941,12 +4992,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4955,7 +5006,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4968,12 +5019,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4992,7 +5043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5001,12 +5052,12 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5019,22 +5070,22 @@ msgstr ""
"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5042,7 +5093,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
@@ -5053,19 +5104,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5073,12 +5124,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5086,21 +5137,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5108,19 +5159,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5128,12 +5179,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5141,22 +5192,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1889
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5169,14 +5220,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5185,7 +5236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -5200,12 +5251,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5226,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -5235,7 +5286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5244,14 +5295,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1913
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5274,7 +5325,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5289,12 +5340,12 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5311,7 +5362,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5325,12 +5376,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5343,12 +5394,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5365,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5383,7 +5434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5396,7 +5447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5413,23 +5464,23 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1959
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5445,37 +5496,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5484,7 +5535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5493,12 +5544,12 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5515,12 +5566,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5529,12 +5580,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5543,19 +5594,19 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5564,7 +5615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5575,17 +5626,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5600,7 +5651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5614,7 +5665,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5625,13 +5676,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5639,22 +5690,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5665,12 +5716,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5679,17 +5730,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5704,7 +5755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5716,12 +5767,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5732,7 +5783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5741,7 +5792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5750,7 +5801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5762,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5772,18 +5823,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5792,7 +5843,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5803,12 +5854,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -5818,19 +5869,19 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5838,12 +5889,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5853,7 +5904,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2178
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
@@ -5863,19 +5914,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -5886,12 +5937,12 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5899,7 +5950,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5912,7 +5963,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5921,7 +5972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5932,22 +5983,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5959,7 +6010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5976,12 +6027,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5992,7 +6043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6003,12 +6054,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2300
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6017,7 +6068,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6030,7 +6081,7 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6041,12 +6092,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6059,7 +6110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -6077,7 +6128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6090,22 +6141,22 @@ msgstr ""
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6116,7 +6167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6126,12 +6177,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6142,7 +6193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6155,18 +6206,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6175,7 +6226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6184,18 +6235,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6204,12 +6255,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6218,12 +6269,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6234,20 +6285,20 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the "
-"GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet er skrevet av Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel "
"Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten "
@@ -6255,7 +6306,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6268,12 +6319,12 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6283,7 +6334,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -6294,7 +6345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6307,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6317,12 +6368,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6331,12 +6382,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6350,7 +6401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6366,7 +6417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6378,7 +6429,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6387,7 +6438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6400,7 +6451,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6409,7 +6460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6418,12 +6469,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6434,23 +6485,23 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2495
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6463,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6476,7 +6527,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6485,7 +6536,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6493,17 +6544,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6512,12 +6563,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6531,7 +6582,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6542,7 +6593,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6554,14 +6605,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2505
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6570,7 +6621,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6578,7 +6629,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6587,7 +6638,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6602,7 +6653,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6616,7 +6667,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6625,7 +6676,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6634,7 +6685,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6643,7 +6694,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6652,7 +6703,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6663,7 +6714,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6673,7 +6724,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6687,7 +6738,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6697,7 +6748,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6709,7 +6760,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6722,7 +6773,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6734,7 +6785,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6751,7 +6802,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6759,7 +6810,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6773,14 +6824,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2563
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6792,7 +6843,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6801,7 +6852,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6813,7 +6864,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6826,12 +6877,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6845,7 +6896,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6859,42 +6910,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6914,122 +6965,122 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2630 release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2674
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2684
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7042,32 +7093,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2738
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index bf1a4b6..334771c 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 19:12+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:12+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990 release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810 release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175 release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990 release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831 release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3609,12 +3609,58 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3625,78 +3671,79 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1641
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1670
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1650
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -3707,7 +3754,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile "
@@ -3715,12 +3762,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1676
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3728,14 +3775,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3744,19 +3791,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1693
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
@@ -3765,12 +3812,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1721
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -3778,7 +3825,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3787,7 +3834,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3796,12 +3843,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3809,24 +3856,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3834,12 +3881,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3848,7 +3895,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3856,19 +3903,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3876,24 +3923,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3902,17 +3949,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3922,7 +3969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3931,14 +3978,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1782
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3949,19 +3996,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3970,12 +4017,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3987,19 +4034,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4008,22 +4055,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4031,7 +4078,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4039,19 +4086,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4059,12 +4106,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4072,21 +4119,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4094,19 +4141,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1866
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4114,12 +4161,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4127,22 +4174,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1889
+#: release-manual.xml:1910
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4151,21 +4198,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4175,12 +4222,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1925
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4193,26 +4240,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1913
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4226,7 +4273,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4236,12 +4283,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4252,7 +4299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4262,12 +4309,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4276,12 +4323,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4292,7 +4339,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4303,7 +4350,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1948
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4312,7 +4359,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4323,22 +4370,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1959
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4348,56 +4395,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1983
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4408,48 +4455,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4457,17 +4504,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2056
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4477,7 +4524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4486,7 +4533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4494,34 +4541,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4529,29 +4576,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4561,7 +4608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4570,12 +4617,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4583,14 +4630,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4598,7 +4645,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4607,31 +4654,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -4642,31 +4689,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
@@ -4674,12 +4721,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -4687,26 +4734,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2178
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4714,12 +4761,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4727,7 +4774,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4742,14 +4789,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4757,22 +4804,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4781,7 +4828,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4792,12 +4839,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4805,7 +4852,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4813,12 +4860,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2300
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4826,7 +4873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4835,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4844,12 +4891,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4858,7 +4905,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4870,7 +4917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4879,22 +4926,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4902,7 +4949,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4910,12 +4957,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4923,7 +4970,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4932,17 +4979,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4950,24 +4997,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4975,24 +5022,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -5000,23 +5047,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José "
-"L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the "
-"GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5025,19 +5072,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2406
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -5045,7 +5092,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -5054,31 +5101,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5088,7 +5135,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5099,7 +5146,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5108,7 +5155,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5116,7 +5163,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5126,26 +5173,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5153,23 +5200,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2495
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5178,7 +5225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5187,7 +5234,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5196,7 +5243,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5204,17 +5251,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5223,12 +5270,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5242,7 +5289,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5253,7 +5300,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5265,14 +5312,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2505
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5281,7 +5328,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5289,7 +5336,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5298,7 +5345,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5313,7 +5360,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5327,7 +5374,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5336,7 +5383,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5345,7 +5392,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5354,7 +5401,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5363,7 +5410,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5374,7 +5421,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5384,7 +5431,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5398,7 +5445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5408,7 +5455,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5420,7 +5467,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5433,7 +5480,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5445,7 +5492,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5462,7 +5509,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5470,7 +5517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5484,14 +5531,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2563
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5503,7 +5550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5512,7 +5559,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5524,7 +5571,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5537,12 +5584,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2577
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5556,7 +5603,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5570,42 +5617,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5618,122 +5665,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2630 release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2674
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2684
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5743,32 +5790,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2725
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2738
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 3b54c1c..9079501 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -1602,6 +1602,27 @@ aptitude update
</section>
<section>
+<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall
+</title>
+<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor
+</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config
+</computeroutput> package to "break out" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall.
+</para>
+<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor
+</computeroutput>.
+</para>
+<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor
+</computeroutput> should be similar to this:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net
+RPORT=1234
+RUSER=backdoor
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>XXX This need to be completed and tested.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
</title>
<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
@@ -1658,7 +1679,7 @@ aptitude update
</itemizedlist>
<para><emphasis role='strong'>Note:
</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool
-</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades.
+</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]
</para>
<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/
</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile
@@ -2395,7 +2416,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<section id="CopyRight">
<title>Copyright and authors
</title>
-<para>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!
+<para>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!
</para>
<para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
</emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version.
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list